1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections
[] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
918 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
919 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
920 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
921 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
922 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
934 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
937 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
938 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
958 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
961 unsigned int i
, nload
;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
968 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
969 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
971 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
973 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
976 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
977 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
979 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
981 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
984 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
985 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
986 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
996 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1004 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1013 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1014 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1023 action
= decompress
;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
))
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize commpress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1049 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1050 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1054 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decommpress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1069 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1070 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1073 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1077 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1102 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1105 asection
*input_section
,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1109 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1110 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1114 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1135 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1150 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1171 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1174 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1176 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1181 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1183 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1185 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1190 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1193 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1199 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1200 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1202 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1204 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec
;
1218 unsigned long shlink
;
1219 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1223 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1228 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1229 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1231 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1233 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1234 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1237 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1238 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1241 const char *name
= "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1248 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1255 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1256 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1265 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1320 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1334 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1336 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1339 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1359 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1362 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1363 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1364 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1370 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1374 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1384 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1389 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1392 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1393 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1394 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1414 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1418 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1421 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1423 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1427 const char *section_name
;
1428 const char *name
= NULL
;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1430 unsigned char st_other
;
1433 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1435 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1436 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1437 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1441 name
= symbol
->name
;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1445 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1451 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1453 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum
;
1462 const char *version_string
;
1464 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1467 version_string
= "";
1468 else if (vernum
== 1)
1469 version_string
= "Base";
1470 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1477 version_string
= "";
1478 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1484 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1486 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1488 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1501 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1502 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1522 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1535 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1542 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1563 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1566 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1567 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1568 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1573 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1574 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1594 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1602 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1622 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1626 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1628 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1629 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1631 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1632 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1634 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1646 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1648 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1650 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1652 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1653 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1654 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1659 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1660 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1661 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1662 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1664 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1665 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1666 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1667 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1668 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1670 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1671 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1672 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1676 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1677 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1678 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1679 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1681 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1683 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1684 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1687 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1692 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1695 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1696 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1700 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1704 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1705 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1708 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1710 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1712 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1714 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1715 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1716 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1721 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1723 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1724 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1726 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1727 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1728 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1730 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1731 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1735 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1737 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1740 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1741 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1743 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1760 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1761 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1762 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1764 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1768 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1769 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1770 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1771 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1773 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1775 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1776 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1779 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1781 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1784 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1786 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1788 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1789 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1793 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1797 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1799 asection
*target_sect
;
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1801 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1802 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1806 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1807 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1810 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1811 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1813 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1814 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1815 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1816 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1820 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1821 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1822 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1823 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1824 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1825 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1826 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1828 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1829 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1830 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1831 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1839 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1840 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1851 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1854 /* Get the symbol table. */
1855 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1856 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1857 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1860 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1861 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1862 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1863 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1864 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1865 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1866 sh_link points to the null section. */
1867 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1868 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1869 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1870 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1871 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1872 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1876 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1878 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1879 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1882 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1883 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1884 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1886 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1889 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1890 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1896 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1897 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1898 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1899 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1900 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1901 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1902 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1904 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1905 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1907 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1911 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1912 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1917 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1919 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1921 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1923 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1924 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1926 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1932 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1934 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1936 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1938 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1939 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1942 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1943 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1944 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1946 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1948 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1952 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1953 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1954 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1956 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1964 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1965 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1966 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1968 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1970 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1974 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1975 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1978 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1980 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1981 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1982 for applications? */
1983 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1984 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1985 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1986 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1988 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1993 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1994 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1999 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2001 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2002 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2003 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2004 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2005 be rejected with an error message. */
2006 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2007 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2009 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2011 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2015 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2016 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2017 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2018 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2026 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2029 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2031 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2033 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2035 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2038 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2039 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2041 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2042 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2043 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2046 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2048 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2051 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2054 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2057 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2061 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2063 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2065 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2071 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2077 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2092 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2099 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2113 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2119 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2127 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2133 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2136 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2140 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2143 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2147 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2156 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2159 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2164 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2165 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2166 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2167 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2175 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2178 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2180 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2182 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2184 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2187 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2189 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2190 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2191 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2193 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2194 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2195 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2196 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2199 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2201 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2203 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2205 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2206 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2207 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2213 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2217 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2224 len
= strlen (name
);
2226 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2229 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2231 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2233 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2236 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2237 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2241 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2243 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2244 && (suffix_len
== -2
2245 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2251 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2253 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2254 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2265 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2268 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2271 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2272 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2276 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2279 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2280 bed
->special_sections
,
2286 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2289 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2290 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2293 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2298 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2302 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2305 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2306 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2308 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2311 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2315 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2318 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2319 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2320 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2322 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2323 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2324 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2325 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2326 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2327 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2328 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2329 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2330 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2331 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2332 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2334 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2337 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2338 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2339 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2341 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2342 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2346 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2349 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2351 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2352 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2353 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2354 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2356 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2357 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2358 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2359 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2360 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2361 of combined data+bss.
2363 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2364 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2365 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2366 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2367 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2372 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2373 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2375 const char *type_name
)
2383 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2384 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2387 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2389 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2390 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2391 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2394 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2395 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2396 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2398 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2399 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2400 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2401 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2403 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2404 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2406 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2407 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2408 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2410 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2412 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2415 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2417 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2421 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2425 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2426 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2427 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2430 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2431 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2432 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2434 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2435 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2436 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2437 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2438 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2439 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2440 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2441 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2442 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2444 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2445 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2446 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2447 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2448 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2449 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2450 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2452 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2453 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2454 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2456 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2457 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2464 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2466 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2468 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2471 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2474 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2477 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2485 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2490 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2495 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2500 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2503 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2506 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2508 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2512 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2516 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2518 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2521 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2524 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2527 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2528 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2529 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2533 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2534 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2536 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2543 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2544 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2545 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2546 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2548 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2549 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2552 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2554 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2556 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2560 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2561 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2563 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2564 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2565 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2566 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2571 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2574 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2576 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2577 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2579 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2582 struct fake_section_arg
2584 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2588 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2591 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2593 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2594 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2595 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2597 unsigned int sh_type
;
2601 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2606 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2608 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2609 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2610 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2616 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2618 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2619 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2620 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2624 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2625 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2626 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2627 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2628 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2629 copy_private_section_data. */
2631 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2632 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2634 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2636 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2637 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2639 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2641 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2642 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2643 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2644 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2645 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2647 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2648 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2649 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2650 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2651 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2652 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2653 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2656 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2662 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2663 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2664 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2679 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2683 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2684 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2688 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2692 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2696 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2697 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2698 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2699 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2701 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2702 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2704 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2705 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2708 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2709 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2710 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2711 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2713 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2714 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2717 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2732 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2733 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2734 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2737 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2738 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2739 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2740 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2742 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2743 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2744 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2746 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2747 if (asect
->size
== 0
2748 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2750 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2755 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2756 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2757 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2761 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2762 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2764 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2765 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2766 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2767 create the other. */
2768 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2770 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2773 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2774 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2775 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2777 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2778 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2783 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2784 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2790 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2792 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2798 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2799 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2800 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2801 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2804 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2806 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2807 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2808 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2812 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2813 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2814 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2815 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2818 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2820 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2821 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2827 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2831 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2833 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2835 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2837 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2838 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2842 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2843 elf_section_syms. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2845 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2847 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2849 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2851 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2852 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2853 set until all local symbols are output. */
2854 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2855 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2856 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2857 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2860 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2864 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2865 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2867 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2868 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2869 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2870 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2872 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2875 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2877 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2880 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2882 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2883 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2884 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2891 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2893 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2894 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2895 start of the input section group. */
2896 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2898 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2899 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2900 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2901 directives, not that it matters. */
2908 s
= s
->output_section
;
2910 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2912 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2915 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2917 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2922 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2925 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2928 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2929 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2930 in here too, while we're at it. */
2933 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2935 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2937 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2939 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2940 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2944 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2946 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2947 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2949 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2950 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2952 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2954 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2956 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2958 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2959 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2960 abfd
->section_count
--;
2963 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2968 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2970 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2972 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2973 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2977 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2985 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2992 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2996 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2997 || (link_info
== NULL
2998 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3002 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3004 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3006 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3007 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3008 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3009 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3010 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3013 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3014 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3017 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3018 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3020 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3021 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3023 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3025 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3026 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3027 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3030 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3031 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3032 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3034 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3038 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3040 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3043 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3044 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3046 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3047 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3049 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3053 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3058 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3060 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3061 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3062 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3063 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3064 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3066 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3068 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3069 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3070 the relocation entries apply. */
3071 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3073 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3074 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3076 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3078 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3079 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3082 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3083 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3085 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3088 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3089 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3091 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3092 if (discarded_section (s
))
3095 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3096 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3097 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3099 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3100 size as the discarded one. */
3101 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3110 s
= s
->output_section
;
3111 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3115 /* Handle objcopy. */
3116 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3118 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3119 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3120 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3124 s
= s
->output_section
;
3126 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3131 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3132 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3133 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3135 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3136 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3137 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3138 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3139 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3144 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3148 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3149 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3150 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3151 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3152 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3153 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3154 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3156 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3158 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3160 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3164 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3166 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3170 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3171 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3172 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3173 field to point to this section. */
3174 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3175 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3180 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3181 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3184 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3185 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3186 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3190 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3192 /* This is a .stab section. */
3193 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3194 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3195 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3202 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3203 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3204 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3205 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3209 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3212 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3213 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3214 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3215 the version strings. */
3216 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3217 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3219 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3224 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3225 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3226 this hash table or version table is for. */
3227 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3229 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3237 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3238 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3239 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3241 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3242 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3247 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3249 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3251 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3252 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3254 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3259 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3260 output, or that are duplicates. */
3263 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3265 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3266 && !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3267 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3268 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3278 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3279 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3280 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3281 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3297 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3298 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3302 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3303 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3312 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3314 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3319 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3321 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3322 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3324 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3343 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3354 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3356 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3359 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3361 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3365 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3371 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3373 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3375 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3380 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3384 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3386 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3392 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3393 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3397 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3398 ELF data structure. */
3400 static inline file_ptr
3401 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3403 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3406 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3407 required section alignment. */
3410 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3414 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3415 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3416 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3417 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3418 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3419 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3420 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3424 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3425 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3426 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3429 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3430 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3433 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3435 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3437 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3439 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3442 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3443 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3444 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3446 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3449 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3450 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3451 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3453 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3454 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3455 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3459 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3462 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3463 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3464 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3465 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3469 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3470 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3472 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3477 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3479 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3484 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3485 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3490 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3493 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3494 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3496 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3504 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3506 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3507 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3509 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3510 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3511 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3513 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3514 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3516 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3518 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3520 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3521 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3523 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3526 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3531 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3532 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3534 static bfd_size_type
3535 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3541 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3542 and one for data. */
3545 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3546 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3548 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3549 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3550 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3555 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3557 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3561 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3563 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3579 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3581 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3582 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3584 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3586 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3587 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3588 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3589 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3590 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3591 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3593 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3594 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3595 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3596 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3602 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3604 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3614 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3618 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3624 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3627 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3630 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3633 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3635 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3636 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3642 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3643 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3650 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3652 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3653 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3654 asection
**sections
,
3659 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3664 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3665 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3670 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3671 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3672 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3673 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3675 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3677 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3678 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3679 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3685 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3688 struct elf_segment_map
*
3689 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3691 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3693 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3694 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3698 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3700 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3705 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3708 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3709 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3710 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3712 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3715 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3716 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3717 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3718 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3720 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3723 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3725 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3727 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3728 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3729 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3731 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3735 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3737 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3743 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3744 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3746 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3753 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3756 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3759 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3760 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3762 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3764 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3767 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3769 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3773 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3774 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3777 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3778 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3780 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3781 bfd_boolean writable
;
3783 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3784 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3786 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3788 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3790 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3791 sizeof (asection
*));
3792 if (sections
== NULL
)
3795 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3796 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3798 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3799 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3802 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3804 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3808 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3809 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3810 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3813 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3816 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3818 /* Build the mapping. */
3823 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3824 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3826 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3827 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3829 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3830 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3834 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3835 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3836 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3837 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3838 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3843 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3844 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3848 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3856 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3857 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3858 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3862 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3864 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3866 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3869 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3870 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3871 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3872 program headers we will need. */
3875 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3877 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3878 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3879 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3880 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3881 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3882 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3883 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3884 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3887 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3890 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3894 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3897 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3899 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3900 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3901 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3903 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3905 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3906 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3910 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3911 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3913 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3914 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3917 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3918 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3919 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3920 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3921 section can be included in the current segment. */
3922 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3924 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3927 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3928 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3931 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3932 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3934 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3935 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3936 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3939 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3941 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3942 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3943 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3944 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3947 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3948 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3949 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3951 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3952 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3953 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3954 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3955 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3956 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3957 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3962 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3963 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3966 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3967 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3969 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3971 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3977 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3980 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3981 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3982 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3983 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3989 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3990 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3992 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3999 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4005 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4006 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4007 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4011 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4014 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4016 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4017 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4018 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4019 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4021 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4029 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4032 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4039 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4040 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4041 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4042 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4043 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4045 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4047 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4048 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4053 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4054 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4055 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4057 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4058 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4059 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4060 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4066 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4067 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4071 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4075 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4079 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4080 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4084 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4092 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4095 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4096 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4097 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4103 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4105 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4106 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4108 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4109 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4110 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4117 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4119 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4120 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4121 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4123 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4124 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4130 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4136 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4138 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4139 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4143 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4144 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4151 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4153 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4155 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4157 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4158 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4161 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4162 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4163 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4166 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4169 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4175 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4178 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4179 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4183 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4185 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4196 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4199 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4206 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4211 /* Sort sections by address. */
4214 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4216 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4217 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4218 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4220 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4221 place the section into a segment. */
4222 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4224 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4227 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4228 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4229 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4231 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4234 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4236 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4242 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4243 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4244 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4245 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4250 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4255 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4256 before others at the same address. */
4258 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4259 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4266 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4269 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4271 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4272 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4273 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4274 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4275 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4278 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4279 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4281 /* In other words, something like:
4283 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4284 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4285 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4286 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4288 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4290 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4293 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4295 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4299 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4302 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4307 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4308 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4309 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4310 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4311 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4312 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4314 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4315 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4319 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4320 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4321 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4327 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4332 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4334 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4337 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4342 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4343 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4347 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4348 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4350 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4351 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4352 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4353 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4355 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4358 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4360 if (link_info
== NULL
4361 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4365 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4369 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4374 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4375 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4379 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4380 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4381 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4384 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4386 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4389 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4390 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4398 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4399 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4400 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4401 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4402 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4404 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4405 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4406 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4407 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4409 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4411 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4412 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4418 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4419 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4421 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4422 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4423 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4429 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4431 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4435 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4437 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4438 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4439 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4440 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4441 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4443 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4444 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4445 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4448 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4449 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4450 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4451 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4452 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4453 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4454 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4459 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4461 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4462 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4463 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4466 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4468 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4469 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4471 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4472 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4473 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4474 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4475 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4476 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4477 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4479 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4480 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4482 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4484 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4485 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4486 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4487 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4491 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4493 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4496 bfd_size_type align
;
4497 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4499 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4503 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4505 unsigned int secalign
;
4507 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4508 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4509 align_power
= secalign
;
4511 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4512 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4513 align
= maxpagesize
;
4516 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4517 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4518 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4519 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4520 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4521 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4523 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4526 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4527 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4529 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4533 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4537 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4538 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4539 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4540 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4541 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4542 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4543 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4544 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4549 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4550 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4551 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4553 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4556 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4561 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4562 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4563 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4564 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4570 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4572 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4574 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4575 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4578 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4580 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4582 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4583 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4590 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4595 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4597 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4600 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4602 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4606 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4607 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4608 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4609 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4613 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4614 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4617 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4618 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4622 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4623 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4625 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4631 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4633 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4634 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4638 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4639 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4640 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4641 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4642 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4643 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4646 bfd_size_type align
;
4647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4650 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4651 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4653 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4654 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4655 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4656 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4657 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4658 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4660 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4661 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4662 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4663 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4667 || p_end
< p_start
))
4669 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4670 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4671 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4675 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4677 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4679 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4681 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4682 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4684 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4685 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4689 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4693 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4695 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4699 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4700 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4701 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4707 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4716 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4718 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4719 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4720 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4722 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4723 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4724 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4726 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4727 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4728 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4729 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4730 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4731 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4733 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4735 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4738 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4740 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4741 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4742 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4743 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4744 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4745 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4747 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4749 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4750 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4752 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4754 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4755 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4758 if (align
> p
->p_align
4759 && !m
->p_align_valid
4760 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4761 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4765 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4768 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4770 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4776 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4777 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4778 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4780 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4782 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4783 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4784 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4785 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4786 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4787 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4789 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4794 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4796 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4799 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4800 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4801 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4802 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4804 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4805 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4807 print_segment_map (m
);
4813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4817 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4820 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4821 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4823 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4824 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4826 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4827 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4828 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4829 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4830 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4832 unsigned int num_sec
;
4836 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4837 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4838 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4839 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4841 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4842 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4845 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4846 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4847 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4848 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4849 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4850 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4852 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4853 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4854 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4856 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4858 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4859 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4860 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4861 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4864 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4866 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4869 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4870 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4871 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4872 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4873 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4874 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4876 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4879 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4880 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4884 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4886 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4887 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4892 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4895 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4897 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4898 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4900 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4902 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4903 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4904 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4906 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4907 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4912 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4916 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4918 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4920 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4922 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4924 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4926 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4928 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4929 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4930 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4931 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
)
4937 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4938 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4939 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4941 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4942 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4947 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4949 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4950 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4951 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4952 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4953 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4954 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
4955 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
4958 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4959 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
4960 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
4961 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
4962 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
4964 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
4966 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4967 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4971 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4972 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4975 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
4977 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4978 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
4979 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4981 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4984 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4985 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
4987 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
4988 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
4989 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4991 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
4998 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5000 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5001 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5002 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5004 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5006 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5007 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5008 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5012 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5017 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5018 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5019 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5021 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5022 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5023 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5024 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5025 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5026 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5027 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5029 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5032 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5033 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5035 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5036 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5038 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5040 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5041 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5044 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5045 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5048 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5049 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5051 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5052 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5053 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5054 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5059 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5060 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5061 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5062 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5063 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5065 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5068 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5075 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5076 assignment of sections to segments. */
5077 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5080 /* And for non-load sections. */
5081 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5084 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5086 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5090 /* Write out the program headers. */
5091 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5092 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5093 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5096 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5099 /* Place the section headers. */
5100 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5101 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5102 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5104 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5110 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5112 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5113 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5114 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5116 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5118 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5119 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5122 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5124 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5125 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5126 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5127 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5129 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5130 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5131 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5132 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5134 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5135 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5136 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5137 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5138 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5139 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5141 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5143 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5145 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5146 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5149 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5150 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5151 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5152 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5153 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5154 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5155 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5156 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5158 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5161 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5162 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5164 /* No program header, for now. */
5165 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5166 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5167 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5169 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5170 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5171 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5173 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5174 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5175 /* It all happens later. */
5179 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5180 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5183 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5184 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5185 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5186 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5187 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5188 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5189 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5190 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5191 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5197 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5198 of the loadable file image. */
5201 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5204 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5205 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5207 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5209 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5210 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5215 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5216 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5217 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5224 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5226 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5229 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5231 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5232 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5235 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5238 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5242 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5244 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5245 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5246 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5248 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5249 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5250 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5252 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5254 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5255 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5260 /* Write out the section header names. */
5261 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5262 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5263 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5266 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5267 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5268 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5270 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5273 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5274 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5275 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5281 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5283 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5284 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5287 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5290 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5292 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5293 unsigned int sec_index
;
5295 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5296 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5297 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5299 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5300 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5301 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5302 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5303 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5304 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5306 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5308 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5309 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5311 int retval
= sec_index
;
5313 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5317 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5318 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5323 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5327 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5329 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5331 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5333 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5334 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5335 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5336 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5337 input sections rather than the output section. */
5338 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5339 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5340 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5345 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5346 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5347 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5348 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5349 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5350 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5351 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5354 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5358 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5359 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5360 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5361 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5362 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5363 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5370 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5371 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5379 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5382 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5384 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5385 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5386 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5387 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5388 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5391 unsigned int num_segments
;
5392 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5393 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5394 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5395 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5396 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5400 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5403 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5405 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5406 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5408 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5409 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5410 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5411 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5413 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5414 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5415 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5416 ? section->size : 0)
5418 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5419 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5420 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5421 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5422 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5423 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5425 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5426 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5427 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5428 (section->lma >= base \
5429 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5430 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5432 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5433 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5434 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5435 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5436 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5437 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5438 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5440 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5442 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5444 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5448 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5449 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5450 p_memsz set to 0. */
5451 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5453 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5454 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5455 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5456 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5458 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5459 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5460 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5462 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5463 A section will be included if:
5464 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5465 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5466 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5468 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5469 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5470 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5471 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5472 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5473 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5474 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5475 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5476 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5477 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5478 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5479 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5480 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5481 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5482 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5483 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5484 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5485 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5486 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5487 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5488 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5489 || (segment->p_paddr \
5490 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5491 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5492 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5494 && !section->segment_mark)
5496 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5497 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5498 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5499 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5500 && section->output_section != NULL)
5502 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5503 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5504 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5506 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5507 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5508 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5509 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5510 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5512 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5513 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5514 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5515 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5516 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5518 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5519 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5520 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5522 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5523 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5524 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5525 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5526 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5527 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5530 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5532 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5536 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5537 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5538 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5539 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5540 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5545 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5547 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5548 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5549 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5551 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5552 assignment code will work. */
5553 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5557 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5559 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5560 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5561 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5565 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5566 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5568 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5570 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5571 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5574 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5575 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5577 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5579 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5580 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5582 if (extra_length
> 0)
5584 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5585 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5588 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5590 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5592 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5597 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5599 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5600 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5602 if (extra_length
> 0)
5604 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5605 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5608 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5613 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5614 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5618 unsigned int section_count
;
5619 asection
**sections
;
5620 asection
*output_section
;
5622 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5623 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5626 asection
*first_section
;
5627 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5628 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5630 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5633 first_section
= NULL
;
5634 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5635 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5637 section
= section
->next
)
5639 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5640 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5641 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5643 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5644 first_section
= section
;
5645 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5650 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5651 all of the sections we have selected. */
5652 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5653 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5654 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5658 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5659 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5661 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5662 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5663 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5665 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5666 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5668 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5670 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5671 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5674 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5675 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5676 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5677 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5678 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5680 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5682 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5683 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5684 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5685 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5686 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5688 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5689 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5692 if (section_count
== 0)
5694 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5695 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5696 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5697 a warning is produced. */
5698 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5699 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5700 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5704 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5705 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5710 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5711 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5712 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5713 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5715 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5716 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5719 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5720 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5721 of the first section.
5723 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5724 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5725 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5726 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5727 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5729 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5730 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5731 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5732 or segments to contain the other sections.
5734 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5735 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5736 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5738 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5739 if (sections
== NULL
)
5742 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5743 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5744 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5745 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5746 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5751 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5752 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5754 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5756 section
= section
->next
)
5757 if (section
== first_section
)
5760 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5762 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5764 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5766 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5768 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5769 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5770 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5771 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5773 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5774 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5776 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5777 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5778 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5781 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5783 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5785 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5787 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5788 LMA address of the output section. */
5789 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5790 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5791 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5792 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5794 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5796 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5797 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5800 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5801 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5803 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5805 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5807 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5808 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5811 if (j
== section_count
)
5816 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5818 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5820 if (isec
== section_count
)
5822 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5823 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5824 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5825 program header in the input BFD. */
5826 map
->count
= section_count
;
5827 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5828 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5831 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5832 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5833 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5834 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5835 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5836 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5838 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5845 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5847 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5848 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5849 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5850 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5854 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5855 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5856 the LMA of the first section. */
5857 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5860 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5861 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5862 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5864 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5865 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5868 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5869 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5873 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5875 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5877 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5879 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5880 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5881 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5882 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5883 offset when we know the correct value. */
5884 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5885 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5888 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5892 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5893 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5894 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5895 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5896 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5897 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5904 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5906 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5907 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5909 section
= sections
[j
];
5911 if (section
== NULL
)
5914 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5916 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5918 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5919 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5921 if (map
->count
== 0)
5923 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5924 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5926 if (output_section
->lma
5928 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5929 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5930 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5938 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5940 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5941 and the start of this section is more than
5942 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5943 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5945 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5946 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5947 > output_section
->lma
))
5949 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5951 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5952 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5959 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5962 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5964 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5966 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5967 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5971 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5973 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5974 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5975 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5977 if (isec
< section_count
)
5979 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5980 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5981 and carry on looping. */
5982 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5983 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5984 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5991 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5992 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5993 not yet been assigned. */
5995 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5996 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5997 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5998 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5999 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6000 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6001 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6004 while (isec
< section_count
);
6009 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6011 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6012 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6013 the offset if necessary. */
6014 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6018 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6021 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6022 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6023 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6028 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6029 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6031 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6032 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6033 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6034 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6035 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6036 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6040 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6043 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6045 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6046 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6047 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6048 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6049 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6051 unsigned int num_segments
;
6052 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6053 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6055 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6058 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6060 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6061 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6062 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6063 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6064 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6067 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6069 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6073 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6078 unsigned int section_count
;
6080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6081 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6082 asection
*lowest_section
;
6084 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6085 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6087 section
= section
->next
)
6089 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6090 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6092 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6093 first_section
= section
;
6098 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6099 all of the sections we have selected. */
6100 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6101 if (section_count
!= 0)
6102 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6103 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6107 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6110 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6111 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6112 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6113 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6114 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6115 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6116 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6117 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6119 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6121 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6122 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6123 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6124 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6125 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6126 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6129 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6130 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6131 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6132 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6134 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6135 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6137 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6138 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6139 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6140 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6141 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6143 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6144 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6147 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6148 if (section_count
!= 0)
6150 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6152 for (section
= first_section
;
6154 section
= section
->next
)
6156 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6157 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6159 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6160 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6161 lowest_section
= section
;
6162 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6166 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6167 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6168 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6169 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6171 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6172 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6174 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6175 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6176 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6178 if (isec
== section_count
)
6184 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6185 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6186 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6188 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6189 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6190 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6191 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6192 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6193 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6195 map
->count
= section_count
;
6196 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6197 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6200 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6204 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6208 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6210 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6211 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6214 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6217 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6219 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6220 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6221 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6222 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6223 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6225 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6227 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6229 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6230 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6233 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6234 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6235 section
= section
->next
)
6236 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6238 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6239 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6243 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6244 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6245 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6246 map in this case. */
6247 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6248 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6249 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6252 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6253 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6255 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6256 from the input BFD. */
6257 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6259 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6261 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6262 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6263 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6265 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6266 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6268 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6269 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6270 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6271 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6272 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6273 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6279 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6281 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6282 section
= section
->next
)
6284 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6287 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6290 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6294 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6297 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6300 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6304 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6308 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6310 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6311 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6314 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6316 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6317 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6318 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6319 that the linker clears to differ. */
6320 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6321 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6323 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6324 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6325 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6327 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6328 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6329 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6331 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6332 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6333 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6334 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6337 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6338 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6340 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6341 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6342 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6343 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6347 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6349 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6350 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6351 may be NULL at this point. */
6352 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6354 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6355 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6356 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6359 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6364 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6365 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6368 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6375 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6376 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6379 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6380 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6382 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6384 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6385 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6386 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6387 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6388 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6390 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6394 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6395 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6396 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6397 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6398 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6402 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6406 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6407 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6409 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6410 asection
*s
= first
;
6411 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6415 /* If this member section is being output but the
6416 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6417 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6418 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6419 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6421 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6422 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6424 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6425 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6426 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6427 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6429 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6435 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6437 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6438 adjust the input section size. This function may
6439 be called multiple times, so save the original
6441 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6442 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6443 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6447 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6449 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6457 /* Copy private header information. */
6460 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6462 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6463 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6466 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6467 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6468 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6469 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6470 already been worked out. */
6471 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6473 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6477 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6480 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6481 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6482 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6483 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6484 swap_out_syms function. */
6486 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6487 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6488 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6489 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6490 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6493 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6498 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6500 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6501 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6504 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6505 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6508 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6510 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6514 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6515 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6516 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6517 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6518 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6519 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6521 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6522 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6523 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6524 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6525 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6531 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6534 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6535 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6538 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6541 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6542 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6544 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6545 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6546 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6549 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6551 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6554 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6555 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6559 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6560 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6561 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6562 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6563 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6564 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6565 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6566 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6568 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6569 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6571 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6572 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6573 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6575 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6578 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6580 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6581 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6582 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6584 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6585 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6586 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6587 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6589 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6593 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6594 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6595 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6596 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6597 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6600 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6602 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6603 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6609 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6610 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6611 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6612 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6613 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6614 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6618 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6619 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6621 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6622 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6624 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6625 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6626 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6627 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6630 if (!name_local_sections
6631 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6633 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6638 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6641 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6643 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6648 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6650 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6651 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6653 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6654 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6655 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6656 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6657 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6658 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6659 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6661 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6662 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6663 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6667 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6670 if (sec
->output_section
)
6672 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6673 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6676 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6677 if (! relocatable_p
)
6679 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6680 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6682 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6684 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6686 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6687 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6688 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6689 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6693 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6696 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6699 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6702 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6705 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6713 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6715 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6719 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6720 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6721 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6722 demand of applications. For example, it
6723 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6724 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6725 actually in the output file. */
6726 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6729 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6730 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6731 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6733 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6734 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6738 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6739 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6743 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6746 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6748 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6749 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6750 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6752 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6754 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6756 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6761 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6764 /* Processor-specific types. */
6765 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6766 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6767 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6768 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6770 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6772 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6773 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6775 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6777 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6779 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6780 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6781 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6784 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6786 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6787 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6791 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6792 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6795 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6797 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6799 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6800 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6801 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6803 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6806 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6809 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6811 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6812 sym
.st_target_internal
6813 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6818 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6821 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6822 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6823 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6824 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6828 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6829 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6831 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6832 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6833 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6834 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6835 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6836 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6841 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6843 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6844 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6845 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6848 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6852 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6854 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6855 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6857 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6863 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6867 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6869 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6875 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6876 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6878 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6884 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6887 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6890 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6893 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6900 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6902 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6905 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6906 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6907 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6911 return section
->reloc_count
;
6915 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6918 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6921 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6926 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6927 asymbol
**allocation
)
6929 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6930 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6933 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6937 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6938 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6939 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6940 dynamic reloc section. */
6943 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6948 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6954 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6955 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6956 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6957 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6958 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6959 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6960 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6965 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6966 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6967 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6968 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6969 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6970 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6971 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6974 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6978 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6982 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6984 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6988 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6990 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6992 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6993 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6994 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6999 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7001 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7003 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7014 /* Read in the version information. */
7017 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7019 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7020 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7022 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7025 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7026 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7028 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7030 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7032 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7033 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7034 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7037 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7039 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7040 if (contents
== NULL
)
7042 error_return_verref
:
7043 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7047 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7048 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7049 goto error_return_verref
;
7051 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7052 goto error_return_verref
;
7054 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7055 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7056 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7057 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7058 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7059 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7061 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7062 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7065 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7067 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7069 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7070 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7072 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7073 goto error_return_verref
;
7075 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7076 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7079 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7080 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7081 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7082 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7083 goto error_return_verref
;
7086 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7087 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7088 goto error_return_verref
;
7090 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7091 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7092 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7093 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7095 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7097 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7098 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7099 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7100 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7101 goto error_return_verref
;
7103 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7104 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7106 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7108 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7109 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7110 goto error_return_verref
;
7112 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7113 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7115 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7116 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7119 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7120 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7122 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7124 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7125 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7126 goto error_return_verref
;
7128 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7129 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7136 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7139 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7140 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7141 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7142 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7144 unsigned int maxidx
;
7145 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7147 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7149 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7150 if (contents
== NULL
)
7152 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7153 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7156 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7159 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7160 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7161 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7162 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7163 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7164 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7166 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7167 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7169 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7171 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7173 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7175 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7176 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7178 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7179 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7182 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7183 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7186 if (default_imported_symver
)
7188 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7194 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7195 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7200 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7201 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7202 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7204 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7205 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7208 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7210 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7212 error_return_verdef
:
7213 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7218 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7219 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7221 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7223 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7224 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7227 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7228 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7229 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7230 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7231 goto error_return_verdef
;
7235 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7236 goto error_return_verdef
;
7238 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7239 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7240 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7241 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7243 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7245 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7246 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7247 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7248 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7249 goto error_return_verdef
;
7251 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7252 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7254 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7256 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7257 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7258 goto error_return_verdef
;
7260 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7261 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7264 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7265 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7267 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7268 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7270 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7272 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7273 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7279 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7286 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7287 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7288 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7294 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7295 if (default_imported_symver
)
7297 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7298 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7300 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7302 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7303 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7304 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7305 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7307 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7309 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7310 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7311 goto error_return_verdef
;
7312 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7313 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7314 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7315 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7316 goto error_return_verdef
;
7318 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7319 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7320 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7326 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7332 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7334 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7335 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7337 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7342 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7343 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7348 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7352 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7355 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7356 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7360 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7363 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7364 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7367 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7368 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7369 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7372 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7373 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7374 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7375 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7376 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7377 we treat such symbols as local. */
7378 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7385 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7386 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7393 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7394 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7395 unsigned long machine
)
7397 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7398 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7399 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7400 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7401 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7404 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7407 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7408 for error reporting. */
7411 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7415 const char **filename_ptr
,
7416 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7418 static asection
*last_section
;
7419 static asymbol
*func
;
7420 static const char *filename
;
7421 static bfd_size_type func_size
;
7423 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7426 if (last_section
!= section
7428 || offset
< func
->value
7429 || offset
>= func
->value
+ func_size
)
7434 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7435 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7436 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7437 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7438 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7439 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7440 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7441 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7442 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7449 state
= nothing_seen
;
7451 last_section
= section
;
7453 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7459 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7462 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7463 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7467 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7469 && code_off
<= offset
7470 && (code_off
> low_func
7471 || (code_off
== low_func
7472 && size
> func_size
)))
7476 low_func
= code_off
;
7479 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7480 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7481 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7483 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7484 state
= symbol_seen
;
7492 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7493 if (functionname_ptr
)
7494 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7499 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7500 for error reporting. */
7503 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7507 const char **filename_ptr
,
7508 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7509 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7513 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7514 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7517 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7518 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7519 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7525 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7526 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7527 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7529 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7531 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7532 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7533 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7539 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7540 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7541 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7542 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7544 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7547 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7550 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7551 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7558 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7561 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7562 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7564 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7565 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7566 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7569 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7570 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7571 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7572 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7573 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7576 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7577 const char **filename_ptr
,
7578 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7579 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7582 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7583 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7584 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7589 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7591 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7592 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7594 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7596 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7598 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7600 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7603 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7604 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7607 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7618 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7620 const void *location
,
7622 bfd_size_type count
)
7624 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7627 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7628 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7631 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7632 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7633 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7634 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7641 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7642 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7643 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7648 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7651 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7653 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7655 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7657 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7658 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7660 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7661 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7663 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7665 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7668 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7671 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7674 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7677 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7680 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7683 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7689 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7691 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7693 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7694 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7696 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7701 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7707 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7710 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7713 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7716 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7719 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7725 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7729 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7737 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7738 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7739 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7745 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7747 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7748 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7750 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7751 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7752 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7755 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7758 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7759 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7760 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7763 bfd_reloc_status_type
7764 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7765 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7766 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7767 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7768 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7770 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7773 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7774 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7775 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7776 out details about the corefile. */
7778 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7779 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7780 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7781 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7784 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7785 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7788 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7792 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7794 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7799 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7800 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7801 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7805 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7809 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7812 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7816 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7817 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7818 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7822 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7823 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7824 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7825 such a section already exists.
7826 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7827 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7828 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7830 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7836 char *threaded_name
;
7840 /* Build the section name. */
7842 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7843 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7844 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7845 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7847 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7849 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7854 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7855 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7857 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7860 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7862 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7866 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7869 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7874 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7878 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7879 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7880 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7882 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7883 has already been set by another thread. */
7884 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7886 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7887 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7889 /* pr_who exists on:
7892 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7895 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7896 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7898 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7901 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7902 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7904 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7905 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7907 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7908 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7909 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7911 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7912 has already been set by another thread. */
7913 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7914 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7915 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7916 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7918 /* pr_who exists on:
7921 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7924 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7930 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7933 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7934 note size (ie. data object type). */
7938 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7939 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7940 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7942 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7944 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7946 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7948 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7950 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7951 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7954 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7955 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7956 data structure apart. */
7959 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7964 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7965 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7969 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7971 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7974 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
7975 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
7976 contents literally. */
7979 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7981 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
7985 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7987 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
7991 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7993 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
7997 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7999 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8003 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8005 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8009 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8011 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8015 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8021 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8023 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8027 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8029 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8033 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8035 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8039 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8041 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8045 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8047 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8050 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8051 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8052 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8053 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8057 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8058 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8059 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8060 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8064 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8065 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8066 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8069 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8072 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8080 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8084 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8090 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8092 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8094 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8096 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8098 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8100 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8101 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8103 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8104 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8105 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8107 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8108 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8109 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8111 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8112 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8114 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8115 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8117 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8119 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8122 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8123 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8124 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8126 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8127 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8128 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8134 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8135 note size (ie. data object type). */
8139 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8140 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8141 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8144 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8145 int n
= strlen (command
);
8147 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8148 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8153 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8155 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8157 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8159 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8160 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8161 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8167 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8169 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8171 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8172 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8174 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8177 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8179 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8182 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8183 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8184 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8188 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8190 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8192 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8194 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8200 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8201 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8202 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8207 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8209 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8210 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8212 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8213 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8215 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8217 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8218 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8219 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8222 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8224 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8228 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8229 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8230 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8231 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8234 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8235 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8236 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8239 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8241 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8244 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8246 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8247 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8248 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8251 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8253 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8257 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8258 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8259 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8260 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8263 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8264 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8265 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8268 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8270 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8272 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8275 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8282 int is_active_thread
;
8285 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8288 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8291 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8295 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8296 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8297 /* process_info.pid */
8298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8299 /* process_info.signal */
8300 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8303 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8304 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8305 /* thread_info.tid */
8306 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8308 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8309 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8313 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8315 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8319 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8321 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8322 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8323 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8325 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8326 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8328 if (is_active_thread
)
8329 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8333 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8334 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8335 /* module_info.base_address */
8336 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8337 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8339 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8340 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8344 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8346 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8351 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8352 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8353 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8364 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8366 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8374 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8375 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8377 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8378 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8383 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8385 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8388 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8390 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8393 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8394 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8396 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8397 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8399 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8400 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8401 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8402 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8406 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8407 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8408 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8409 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8414 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8415 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8416 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8421 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8422 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8423 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8427 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8428 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8429 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8430 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8435 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8436 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8437 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8441 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8442 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8443 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8444 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8448 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8449 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8450 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8451 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8456 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8457 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8458 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8462 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8463 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8464 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8465 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8469 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8470 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8471 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8472 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8476 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8477 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8478 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8479 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8484 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8485 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8486 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8492 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8493 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8495 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8496 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8503 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8508 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8509 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8510 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8518 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8520 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8521 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8522 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8525 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8531 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8538 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8539 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8544 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8546 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8547 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8550 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8551 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8552 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8554 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8560 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8565 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8573 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8577 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8580 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8587 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8589 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8591 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8593 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8595 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8597 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8599 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8601 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8606 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8610 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8613 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8615 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8616 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8617 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8618 creates a core file. */
8620 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8623 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8624 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8625 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8628 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8632 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8634 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8635 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8637 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8638 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8641 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8642 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8644 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8645 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8651 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8652 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8657 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8658 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8660 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8661 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8671 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8673 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8675 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8677 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8678 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8679 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8681 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8682 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8683 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8689 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8691 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8692 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8694 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8697 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8698 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8700 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8701 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8703 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8705 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8710 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8711 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8712 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8717 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8719 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8724 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8725 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8726 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8735 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8737 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8744 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8747 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8748 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8750 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8751 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8753 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8754 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8757 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8760 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8761 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8762 thread just in case. */
8763 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8766 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8767 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8769 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8774 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8778 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8779 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8780 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8782 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8786 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8787 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8795 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8796 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8798 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8803 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8807 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8808 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8809 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8811 /* This is the current thread. */
8812 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8813 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8818 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8819 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8820 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8821 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8824 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8826 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8827 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8829 static long tid
= 1;
8833 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8835 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8836 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8837 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8838 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8839 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8840 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8847 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8853 /* Use note name as section name. */
8855 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8858 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8859 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8861 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8865 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8866 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8867 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8872 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8875 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8879 size of data for note
8881 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8882 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8883 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8884 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8887 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8890 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8898 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8905 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8907 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8909 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8912 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8913 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8914 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8915 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8916 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8917 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8921 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8929 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8940 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8948 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8951 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8952 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8957 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8958 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8959 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8961 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8963 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8966 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8969 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8970 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8971 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8972 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8973 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8978 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8980 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8983 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8986 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8987 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8988 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8989 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8990 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8992 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8999 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9006 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9008 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9011 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9013 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9018 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9019 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9020 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9022 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9024 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9025 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9026 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9027 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9028 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9029 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9036 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9037 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9038 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9039 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9040 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9041 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9043 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9049 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9051 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9058 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9059 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9061 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9062 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9063 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9064 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9065 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9066 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9068 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9069 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9071 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9072 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9075 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9076 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9078 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9080 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9082 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9086 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9087 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9089 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9090 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9091 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9093 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9097 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9098 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9099 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9100 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9108 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9109 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9110 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9111 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9115 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9118 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9124 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9125 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9126 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9130 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9133 const void *xfpregs
,
9136 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9137 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9138 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9142 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9143 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9145 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9146 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9147 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9151 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9154 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9157 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9158 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9159 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9163 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9166 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9169 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9170 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9171 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9175 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9178 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9181 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9182 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9183 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9184 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9188 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9191 const void *s390_timer
,
9194 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9195 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9196 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9200 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9203 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9206 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9207 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9208 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9212 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9215 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9218 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9219 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9220 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9224 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9227 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9230 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9231 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9232 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9236 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9239 const void *s390_prefix
,
9242 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9243 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9244 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9248 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9251 const void *s390_last_break
,
9254 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9255 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9256 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9257 s390_last_break
, size
);
9261 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9264 const void *s390_system_call
,
9267 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9269 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9270 s390_system_call
, size
);
9274 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9277 const void *arm_vfp
,
9280 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9281 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9282 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9286 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9289 const char *section
,
9293 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9294 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9295 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9296 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9297 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9298 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9299 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9300 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9301 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9302 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9303 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9304 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9305 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9306 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9307 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9308 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9309 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9310 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9311 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9312 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9313 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9314 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9315 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9316 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9317 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9318 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9319 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9320 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9325 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9330 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9332 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9333 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9334 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9336 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9339 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9341 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9342 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9343 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9346 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9347 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9348 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9350 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9351 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9354 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9360 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9362 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9365 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9367 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9370 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9372 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9375 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9377 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9382 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9388 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9390 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9393 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9394 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9396 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9402 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9409 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9416 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9419 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9423 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9424 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9434 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9436 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9437 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9438 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9441 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9443 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9449 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9452 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9453 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9454 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9455 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9457 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9458 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9461 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9465 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9471 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9472 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9473 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9478 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9479 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9481 return reloc_class_normal
;
9484 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9485 relocation against a local symbol. */
9488 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9489 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9491 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9493 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9496 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9497 + sec
->output_offset
9499 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9500 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9501 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9504 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9505 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9506 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9509 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9510 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9511 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9512 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9513 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9514 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9515 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9518 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9519 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9525 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9526 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9530 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9532 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9533 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9535 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9536 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9537 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9541 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9542 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9546 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9548 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9549 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9551 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9552 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9554 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9556 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9557 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9558 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9564 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9565 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9566 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9567 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9568 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9569 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9571 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9572 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9573 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9574 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9575 the remote memory. */
9578 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9582 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9584 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9585 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9589 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9590 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9591 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9596 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9599 const char *relplt_name
;
9600 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9604 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9610 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9613 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9616 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9619 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9620 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9621 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9622 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9626 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9627 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9628 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9631 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9635 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9636 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9639 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9640 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9641 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9642 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9644 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9648 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9650 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9655 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9659 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9660 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9662 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9667 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9668 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9671 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9672 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9673 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9674 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9675 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9676 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9678 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9681 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9682 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9688 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9689 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9690 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9691 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9694 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9697 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9698 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9705 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9706 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9707 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9708 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9711 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9712 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9714 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9716 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9718 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9720 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9721 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9722 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9723 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9724 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9725 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9729 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9730 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9731 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9734 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9736 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9737 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9740 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9741 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9742 otherwise return zero. */
9745 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
9750 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
9751 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
9752 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
9755 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
9757 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
9758 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;